2011-04-25 02:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
#LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
|
|
|
|
\lyxformat 413
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_document
|
|
|
|
\begin_header
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\textclass book
|
2007-09-29 12:27:25 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_preamble
|
|
|
|
% DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
%This preamble is designed to ensure that the document prints
|
|
|
|
% out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
|
|
|
|
% parts of the document may not print out as expected. If you
|
|
|
|
% have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
|
|
|
|
% the documentation team
|
|
|
|
% email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
|
|
|
|
\ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% set fonts for nicer pdf view
|
2008-01-22 21:53:25 +00:00
|
|
|
\IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
|
2007-09-29 12:27:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\fi % end if pdflatex is used
|
|
|
|
|
2008-06-21 13:48:27 +00:00
|
|
|
% the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
|
|
|
|
% and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
|
|
|
|
\let\myTOC\tableofcontents
|
|
|
|
\renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
|
|
|
|
\frontmatter
|
|
|
|
\pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
|
|
|
|
\myTOC
|
|
|
|
\mainmatter }
|
2007-09-29 12:27:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
|
|
|
|
\def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
|
|
|
|
L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
|
2009-01-17 21:40:45 +00:00
|
|
|
{LyX}}
|
2007-09-29 12:27:25 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_preamble
|
2008-10-25 21:52:23 +00:00
|
|
|
\use_default_options false
|
2010-01-12 23:11:54 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_modules
|
|
|
|
logicalmkup
|
|
|
|
\end_modules
|
2010-10-17 21:25:30 +00:00
|
|
|
\maintain_unincluded_children false
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\language english
|
2011-04-25 02:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
\language_package default
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
\inputencoding auto
|
2010-10-17 21:25:30 +00:00
|
|
|
\fontencoding global
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
\font_roman default
|
|
|
|
\font_sans default
|
|
|
|
\font_typewriter default
|
|
|
|
\font_default_family default
|
2011-04-25 02:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
\use_non_tex_fonts false
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
\font_sc false
|
|
|
|
\font_osf false
|
|
|
|
\font_sf_scale 100
|
|
|
|
\font_tt_scale 100
|
2011-06-13 14:56:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
\graphics default
|
2010-10-17 21:25:30 +00:00
|
|
|
\default_output_format default
|
|
|
|
\output_sync 0
|
|
|
|
\bibtex_command default
|
|
|
|
\index_command default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
\paperfontsize 12
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\spacing single
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\use_hyperref true
|
|
|
|
\pdf_title "The LyX Tutorial"
|
|
|
|
\pdf_author "LyX Team"
|
|
|
|
\pdf_subject "LyX-documentation Tutorial"
|
|
|
|
\pdf_keywords "LyX, documentation"
|
|
|
|
\pdf_bookmarks true
|
|
|
|
\pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
|
|
|
|
\pdf_bookmarksopen true
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
\pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\pdf_breaklinks false
|
|
|
|
\pdf_pdfborder false
|
|
|
|
\pdf_colorlinks true
|
|
|
|
\pdf_backref false
|
|
|
|
\pdf_pdfusetitle false
|
2010-10-17 21:25:30 +00:00
|
|
|
\pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\papersize default
|
|
|
|
\use_geometry false
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\use_amsmath 0
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
\use_esint 0
|
2010-10-17 21:25:30 +00:00
|
|
|
\use_mhchem 1
|
|
|
|
\use_mathdots 1
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\cite_engine basic
|
|
|
|
\use_bibtopic false
|
2010-10-17 21:25:30 +00:00
|
|
|
\use_indices false
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\paperorientation portrait
|
2010-10-17 21:25:30 +00:00
|
|
|
\suppress_date false
|
|
|
|
\use_refstyle 0
|
|
|
|
\index Index
|
|
|
|
\shortcut idx
|
|
|
|
\color #008000
|
|
|
|
\end_index
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\secnumdepth 3
|
|
|
|
\tocdepth 2
|
|
|
|
\paragraph_separation indent
|
2010-10-17 21:25:30 +00:00
|
|
|
\paragraph_indentation default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\quotes_language english
|
|
|
|
\papercolumns 1
|
|
|
|
\papersides 2
|
|
|
|
\paperpagestyle headings
|
2010-01-13 00:50:19 +00:00
|
|
|
\tracking_changes false
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
\output_changes false
|
2010-10-17 21:25:30 +00:00
|
|
|
\html_math_output 0
|
2011-06-13 14:56:37 +00:00
|
|
|
\html_css_as_file 0
|
2010-10-17 21:25:30 +00:00
|
|
|
\html_be_strict false
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_header
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_body
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Title
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
The LyX Tutorial
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Author
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
by the LyX Team
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
status collapsed
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
|
|
|
|
tion mailing list,
|
2006-01-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset href
|
|
|
|
LatexCommand href
|
|
|
|
target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
|
|
|
|
type "mailto:"
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-02-05 20:24:14 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset toc
|
|
|
|
LatexCommand tableofcontents
|
2008-02-05 20:24:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_layout Chapter
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Introduction
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Welcome to LyX!
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
This file is designed for all of you who have never heard of LaTeX, or do
|
|
|
|
not know it very well.
|
|
|
|
Now, do not panic - you will not need to learn LaTeX to use LyX.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
That is, after all, the whole point of LyX: to provide an almost-WYSIWYG
|
|
|
|
interface to LaTeX.
|
|
|
|
There are some things you will need to learn, however, in order to use
|
|
|
|
LyX effectively.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Some of you probably found your way to this document because you tried to
|
|
|
|
put two spaces after a
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
or tried to put three blank lines between paragraphs.
|
|
|
|
You found out you could not and in fact, you will find out that most of
|
|
|
|
the little tricks you are accustomed to use in other word processors will
|
|
|
|
not work in LyX.
|
|
|
|
That is because most word processors you have used before allow you to
|
|
|
|
manually enter all spacings, font changes, and so on.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
So you end up not only writing a document but typesetting it, too.
|
|
|
|
LyX does the typesetting for you, in a consistent fashion, letting you
|
|
|
|
focus on the important things, like the content of your writing.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
So read on to learn more about LyX.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Reading this tutorial is definitely worth the time.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
What the Tutorial
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
is
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
and what it
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
is not
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Before we get started with this section, we want to make a quick note of
|
|
|
|
something.
|
|
|
|
The
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Tutorial
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
uses the notation outlined in the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Introduction
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
manual.
|
|
|
|
If you came to this manual first, please read the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Introduction
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
before you continue with the
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
|
|
Tutorial
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
|
|
|
.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Now that you know which fonts mean what, we want to talk a bit about what
|
|
|
|
this
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Tutorial
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
is for.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Getting the most out of the Tutorial
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
This tutorial consists of examples and exercises.
|
|
|
|
To get the most out of this document, you should read through the document,
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
typing all the little things we are telling you to type and trying out
|
|
|
|
all of the exercises to see if you get them right.
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
For convenience, you might want to print out the PDF version of this document.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
If you are familiar with LaTeX, you will probably be able to read the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Tutorial
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
somewhat faster, since many LyX ideas are just LaTeX ideas in disguise.
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
However, LyX has features you will want to learn about.
|
|
|
|
Even if you do not feel like reading the rest of the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Tutorial
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
, you should definitely check out Section
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
reference "sec:latexusers"
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
, which is specifically written for experienced LaTeX users.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
What you
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
will not
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
find
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Detailed explanations of all of LyX's features.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_deeper
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Look in the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
User's Guide
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
when you need this.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
2006-01-02 01:51:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_deeper
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Detailed explanations of LaTeX.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_deeper
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Unnecessary.
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
If you want to learn some of the neat tricks you can do with LaTeX in LyX,
|
|
|
|
you can have a look at the
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Embedded
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Objects
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
|
|
|
manual.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
2006-01-02 01:51:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_deeper
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
It is time to move onwards, time for your first document \SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Chapter
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Getting started with LyX
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Your first LyX document
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
OK\SpecialChar \@.
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
You are ready to start writing.
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Before you do, there are a few things we need to mention, which will hopefully
|
|
|
|
make the Tutorial more instructive and useful.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
Because there is information we cannot give you in the Tutorial, the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
first
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\series medium
|
|
|
|
thing that you need to do is find the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\series default
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
other
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\series medium
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
help files.
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
This is very simple:
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\series default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Start up LyX, Choose the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
User's Guide
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
from the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Help
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
menu.
|
|
|
|
You may want to load the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Tutorial
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
as well (if you are not reading it within LyX already).
|
|
|
|
This way, you can read them while you are writing your own file.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
status collapsed
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
They can also serve as good examples of how to use the many features of
|
|
|
|
LyX.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
Note that once you have got more than one document open, you can use the
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
View
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
menu or the document tabs to switch between them.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
In this Tutorial, we are going to assume that you have a fully working version
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
of LyX, as well as a LaTeX-distribution, a DVI-, and a PDF-viewer.
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
This should be the case on all major Linux- and BSD-distributions, as well
|
|
|
|
as on Windows, where this is setup by the LyX installers.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
Finally, we have written a file called
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
example_raw.lyx
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
to let you practice your LyX skills.
|
|
|
|
Imagine that it was typed by someone who did not know about any of LyX's
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
great features.
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
As you learn new LyX functions, we will suggest that you fix those parts
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
of
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
example_raw.lyx
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
.
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
It also contains `subtle' hints about how to fix things.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
status collapsed
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
The hints are located in yellow
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
Access the text in a note by clicking on it.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
If you want to cheat, or check what you have done, there is also a file
|
|
|
|
called
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
example_lyxified.lyx
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
which contains the same text written and typeset by a LyX master.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
The example files can be found in the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
examples
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
directory of LyX's installation folder.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Open the raw document, and use
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Save
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
As
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
to save a copy in your own directory for you to work on.
|
|
|
|
As you fix parts of the raw document, check to see how those changes affect
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
the DVI output.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
By the way, the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
examples
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
directory contains lots of other examples files.
|
|
|
|
They will show you how to do various fancy things with LyX.
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
After you have read the Tutorial, or when you are confused about how to
|
|
|
|
do something fancy in LyX, take a look at these files.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Typing, Viewing, and Exporting
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Open a new file with
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
|
|
New
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Type a sentence like:
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
This is my first LyX document!
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Save your document with
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Save
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
As\SpecialChar \@.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Run LaTeX to create a DVI file, with
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
|
|
DVI
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
or the toolbar button
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Graphics
|
|
|
|
filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
|
|
|
|
scale 75
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
LyX will open a DVI-viewer program displaying your document as it will
|
|
|
|
look when printed.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
status collapsed
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
You can save time by leaving the DVI-viewer running in the background.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Then, you can use
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
|
|
Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
|
|
DVI
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
or the toolbar button
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Graphics
|
|
|
|
filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
|
|
|
|
scale 75
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
and just click on the DVI-viewer window (or unminimize it) after LaTeX
|
|
|
|
finishes running.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Export the ready to print document with
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
|
|
Export
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
to a format you want
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
Congratulations! You have written your first LyX document.
|
|
|
|
All of the rest is just details, which are covered in the other manuals.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Simple Operations
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
LyX can of course do most of the things you are used to do with a word processor.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
It will word-wrap and indent paragraphs automatically.
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
Here is a quick description of how to do some simple actions.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Undo LyX has multiple levels of undo, which means you can undo everything
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
you have done since your current editing session started, by selecting
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
|
|
Undo
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
(toolbar button
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Graphics
|
|
|
|
filename ../images/undo.png
|
|
|
|
scale 75
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
) over and over again.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
If you undo too much, just select
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
|
|
Redo
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
(toolbar button
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Graphics
|
|
|
|
filename ../images/redo.png
|
|
|
|
scale 75
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
) to get it back.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_deeper
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Currently, undo is limited to 100 steps.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
2006-01-02 01:51:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_deeper
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Cut/Paste/Copy Use
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Cut
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
(toolbar button
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Graphics
|
|
|
|
filename ../images/cut.png
|
|
|
|
scale 75
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
),
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Copy
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
(toolbar button
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Graphics
|
|
|
|
filename ../images/copy.png
|
|
|
|
scale 75
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
), and
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Paste
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
(toolbar button
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Graphics
|
|
|
|
filename ../images/paste.png
|
|
|
|
scale 75
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
) to cut, copy, and paste.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Or automatically paste selected text (including selections from other programs)
|
|
|
|
with the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
middle mouse button
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Find/Replace Use
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Find
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
&
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
Replace
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-12-02 13:45:40 +00:00
|
|
|
(toolbar button
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Graphics
|
|
|
|
filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
|
|
|
|
scale 75
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
) to search.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
In the dialog, search with the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Find
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Next
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
button, and use the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Replace
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
button to replace a word you have found.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
status collapsed
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
Close the window when you are done or leave it open if you find it more
|
|
|
|
convenient.
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Most dialog boxes in LyX can operate like this.
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
Just be sure you have the right window focus when you are trying to type
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
in the main LyX window or a LyX dialog.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you like, you can specify whether to make the search case-sensitive,
|
|
|
|
or to search for only complete words; you can also search backwards through
|
|
|
|
the document.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Character
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Formatting You can
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
emphasize
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
text (which will by default print characters in italics), set it in
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\series bold
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
bold face
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\series default
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
, in
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\noun on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Noun Style
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\noun default
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
(usually small caps, used for people's names), or use your own formatting
|
|
|
|
by using the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Text
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Style
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
dialog (toolbar button
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Graphics
|
|
|
|
filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
|
|
|
|
scale 75
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
).
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Toolbar There are buttons on the toolbar (just below the menus) which allow
|
|
|
|
you to do some of the more popular functions, such as
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Paste
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
and
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Print
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
Of course, you have not yet written enough to make most of these functions
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
useful.
|
|
|
|
As you write more, though, try undoing, pasting, etc.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
|
|
WYSIWYM: Whitespace in LyX
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
One of the hardest things for new users to get used to is the way that LyX
|
|
|
|
handles whitespace.
|
|
|
|
As many times as you hit
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Return
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
, you will only get one blank line.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
As many times as you hit
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Space
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
, you will only get one space.
|
|
|
|
On a blank line, LyX will not let you type even one space.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
The
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Tab
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
key will not move you forward one tab stop; in fact there
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
are
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
no tab stops! There is no ruler at the top of the page to let you set tabs
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
or margins, either.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2008-04-19 15:06:00 +00:00
|
|
|
Many word processors are based on the WYSIWYG principle:
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
What You See Is What You Get.
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LyX, on the other hand, is based on the principle that
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
What You See Is What You
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Mean
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You type what you mean, and LyX will take care of typesetting it for you,
|
|
|
|
so that the output looks nice.
|
|
|
|
A
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Return
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
grammatically separates paragraphs, and a
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
Space
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
grammatically separates words, so there is no reason to have several of
|
|
|
|
them in a row; a
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Tab
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
has no grammatical function at all, so LyX does not support it.
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
Using LyX, you will spend more of your time worrying about the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
content
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
of your document, and less time worrying about the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
format.
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
See the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Introduction
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
for more information on the WYSIWYM concept.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
LyX does have (many) ways to fine-tune the formatting of your document.
|
|
|
|
After all, LyX might not typeset
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
exactly
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
what you mean.
|
|
|
|
The
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
User's Guide
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
has information about all that.
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
It includes horizontal fills and vertical space — which are more powerful
|
|
|
|
and versatile than multiple spaces or blank lines — and ways to change
|
|
|
|
font sizes, character styles, and paragraph alignments by hand.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
The idea, though, is that you can write your whole document, focusing on
|
|
|
|
content, and just worry about that fine-tuning at the end.
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
With standard word processors, you will be distracted by document formatting
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
throughout the writing process.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Environments
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Different parts of a document have different purposes; we call these parts
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
environments
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
Most of a document is made up of regular text.
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Section titles (chapter, subsection, etc.) let the reader know that a new
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
topic or subtopic will be discussed.
|
|
|
|
Certain types of documents have special environments.
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
A journal article will have an abstract and a title.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
A letter will have neither of these, but will probably have an environment
|
|
|
|
that gives the writer's address.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Environments are a major part of the
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
What You See Is What You Mean
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
philosophy of LyX.
|
|
|
|
A given environment may require a certain font style, font size, indenting,
|
|
|
|
line spacing, and more.
|
|
|
|
This problem is aggravated, because the exact formatting for a given environmen
|
|
|
|
t may change: one journal may use boldface, 18 point, centered type for
|
|
|
|
section titles while another uses italicized, 15 point, left justified
|
|
|
|
type; different languages may have different standards for indenting; and
|
|
|
|
bibliography formats can vary widely.
|
|
|
|
LyX lets you avoid learning all the different formatting styles.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
The
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Environment
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
choice box is located on the left end of the toolbar and looks like this:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Graphics
|
|
|
|
filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
|
|
|
|
scale 75
|
|
|
|
clip
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
It indicates in which environment you are currently writing.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
While you were writing your first document, it said
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Standard,
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
which is the default environment for text.
|
|
|
|
Now you will put a number of environments in your new document so that
|
|
|
|
you can see how they work.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Sections and Subsections
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Type the word
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Introduction
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
on the first line of your LyX file, and select
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Section
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
in the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Environment
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
box.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
status collapsed
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
You do not have to
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
select
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
the line.
|
|
|
|
If nothing is selected, LyX changes the paragraph you are currently in
|
|
|
|
to the selected environment.
|
|
|
|
Alternatively, you can change several paragraphs to a different environment
|
|
|
|
by selecting them before picking an environment.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Be sure to use
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Section
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
and
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
not
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Section*
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
, which will be covered below.
|
|
|
|
LyX numbers the section
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and typesets the section heading (title) in a larger font.
|
|
|
|
Now hit
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Return
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\SpecialChar \@.
|
|
|
|
Note that the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Environment
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
box changes from
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
back to
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Standard
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
Section headings, like most environments, are assumed to end when you type
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Return
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\SpecialChar \@.
|
|
|
|
Type the document introduction:
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
This is an introduction to my first LyX document.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Hit
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Return
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
again, and select
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Section
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
from the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
Environment
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
box again.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
LyX writes a
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and waits for you to type a title.
|
|
|
|
Type
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
More
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Stuff
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
, and you will see that LyX again sets it as a section title.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
It gets better.
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Go to the end of Section
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
1 again (after
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
my first LyX document
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
) and hit
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Return
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
again, and select
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Section
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
from the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
Environment
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
box again.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Again, LyX writes
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and waits for you to type a title.
|
|
|
|
Type
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
About This Document
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
.
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Section
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
More Stuff
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
, which was Section
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2, has been automatically renumbered to Section
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3! In true WYSIWYM fashion, you just need to identify the text that makes
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
up the section titles, and LyX takes care of numbering the sections and
|
|
|
|
typesetting them.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Hit
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Return
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
to get back to the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Standard
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
environment, and type the following five lines:
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Sections and subsections are described below.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Section Description
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Sections are bigger than subsections.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Subsection description
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Subsections are smaller than sections.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Click on the second line and select
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Subsection
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
from the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
Environment
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
box.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
LyX numbers the subsection
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
, and typesets it in a font which is bigger than regular text but smaller
|
|
|
|
than the section title.
|
2010-10-17 21:25:30 +00:00
|
|
|
Change the fourth line to the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Subsection
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
environment as well.
|
|
|
|
As you probably expected, LyX automatically numbered the section
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
If you put yet another section before Section
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2, Section
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 will be renumbered as Section 3, and the subsections will be renumbered
|
|
|
|
to
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Further levels of sectioning include
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Subsubsection
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
,
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Paragraph
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
, and
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Subparagraph
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
.
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
We will let you play with these on your own.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
You may notice that paragraph and subparagraph headings are not numbered
|
|
|
|
by default, and that subparagraphs are indented; see the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
User's Guide
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
for an explanation and how to change this.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Chapter
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
headings are actually the highest level of sectioning, above
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Section
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
s, but you are only allowed to use them in certain types (text classes)
|
|
|
|
of LyX documents (see Section
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
reference "sec:Document-Classes"
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
).
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Finally, you may want to have sections or subsections that are not numbered.
|
|
|
|
There are environments for this as well.
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
If you change one of your section headings to the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
Section*
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
environment (you may have to scroll down in the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Environment
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
box to find it), LyX will use the same font size for the heading as it
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
uses for a regular section, but it will not number that section.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
There are corresponding
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
starred
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
heading environments for
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Subsection
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
and
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Subsubsection
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
Try changing some of your sections or subsections to the starred environments,
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
and note how the other section numbers are updated.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\series bold
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Exercise
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\series default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
: Fix the section and subsection headings in
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
example_raw.lyx
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Lists and sublists
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
LyX has several different environments for typesetting lists.
|
|
|
|
The various list environments free you from hitting
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Tab
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
a million times when writing an outline, or from renumbering a whole list
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
when you want to add a point in the middle of the list.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Different types of documents logically require different list environments:
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
A slide presentation might use the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Itemize
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
environment's bulleted lists to describe different points.
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
An outline would use the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
Enumerate
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
environment's numbered lists (and lettered sublists).
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
A document describing several software packages could use the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
Description
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
environment, where each item in the list begins with a bold-faced word.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
The
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
List
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
environment is a variation on the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Description
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
environment.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
Let us write a list of reasons why LyX is better than other word processors.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Somewhere in your document, type:
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
LyX is better than other word processors because:
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
and hit
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Return
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
Now select
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Itemize
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
from the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Environment
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
box.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
LyX writes a
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bullet
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
on the line.
|
|
|
|
Type in your reasons:
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Typesetting is done for you.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Math is WYSIWYG
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Lists are very easy to create!
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
List environments, unlike headings, do not end when you type
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Return
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
.
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
Instead, LyX assumes you are going on to the next item in the list.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
The above will therefore result in a three-item list.
|
|
|
|
If you want more than one paragraph within one list
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
item
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
, one way is to use the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Protected
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Break
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
, which you get by typing
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
Ctrl+Return
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
In order to get out of the list, you need to reselect the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Standard
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
environment (or just use the key binding,
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
Alt+P
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
S
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
).
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
You have got a beautiful itemized list.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
You might want to run LaTeX to see how the list looks when printed out.
|
|
|
|
But what if you wanted to number the reasons? Well, just select the whole
|
|
|
|
list
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
status collapsed
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
LyX will not let you select the first bullet unless you also select the
|
|
|
|
paragraph
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
before
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
the list, which you probably do not want to do.
|
|
|
|
Similarly, you cannot select the actual number in a numbered section title.
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
This is on purpose because the bullet or number depends on the document
|
|
|
|
settings or text position, respectively.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and choose
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Enumerate
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
from the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Environment
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
box.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Pow! As we mentioned, if you add or delete a list item, LyX will fix the
|
|
|
|
numbering.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
While the list is still selected, you can change to the other two list environme
|
|
|
|
nts,
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Description
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
and
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
List
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
, in order to see what they look like.
|
|
|
|
For those two environments, each list item is made up of a term, which
|
|
|
|
is the item's first word, followed by a definition, which is the rest of
|
|
|
|
the paragraph (until you hit
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Return
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
.) The term is either typeset in boldface (
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Description
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
) or separated by a
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tab
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
status collapsed
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
But a typesetter's tab, which will change to fit the size of the largest
|
|
|
|
term, not a pathetic, rigid, unchangeable typewriter
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Tab
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
List
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
) from the rest of the paragraph.
|
|
|
|
If you want to have more than one word in the definition, then separate
|
|
|
|
the words with
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Protected
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
Space
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
s.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\series bold
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Exercise
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\series default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
: Typeset the list in
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
example_raw.lyx
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
You can nest lists within each other in all sorts of interesting ways.
|
|
|
|
An obvious example would be writing outlines.
|
|
|
|
Numbered and bulleted lists will have different numbering and bulleting
|
|
|
|
schemes for sublists.
|
|
|
|
See the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
User's Guide
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
for details on the different sorts of lists and for examples of nestings.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Other environments: Verses, Quotations, and more
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
There are two environments for setting quotations apart from surrounding
|
|
|
|
text:
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Quote
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
for short quotes and
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Quotation
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
for longer ones.
|
|
|
|
Computer code (the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
LyX-Code
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
environment
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
used in this Tutorial for the long typing examples
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
) is written in a
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
typewriter
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
font; this environment is the only place in LyX where you are allowed to
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
use multiple spaces to allow code indenting.
|
|
|
|
You can even write poetry using the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Verse
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
style, using
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Return
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
to separate stanzas, and
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
Ctrl+Return
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
to separate lines within a stanza.
|
|
|
|
See the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
User's Guide
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
for more complete descriptions of all of the available LyX environments.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\series bold
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Exercise
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\series default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
: Correctly typeset the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Quote, LyX-Code,
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
and
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Verse
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
in
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
example_raw.lyx
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Chapter
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Writing Documents
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
The previous chapter hopefully allowed you to get used to writing in LyX.
|
|
|
|
It introduced you to the basic editing operations in LyX, as well as the
|
|
|
|
powerful method of writing with environments.
|
|
|
|
Most people who use LyX, though, will want to write documents: papers,
|
|
|
|
articles, books, manuals, or letters.
|
|
|
|
This chapter is meant to take you from simply writing text with LyX to
|
|
|
|
writing a complete document.
|
|
|
|
It will introduce you to text classes, which allow you to write different
|
|
|
|
sorts of documents.
|
|
|
|
It will then describe many of the additions that turn text into a document,
|
|
|
|
such as titles, footnotes, cross references, bibliographies, and tables
|
|
|
|
of contents.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Document Classes
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
name "sec:Document-Classes"
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Different sorts of documents should be typeset differently.
|
|
|
|
For example, books are generally printed double-sided, while articles are
|
|
|
|
single-sided.
|
|
|
|
In addition, many documents contain special environments: letters contain
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
some environments — such as the sender's address and the signature — which
|
|
|
|
do not make sense in a book or article.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
The LyX
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
document class
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
status collapsed
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
for LaTeX users: this is equivalent to the LaTeX document class
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
takes care of these large scale differences between different sorts of
|
|
|
|
documents.
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
This Tutorial, for example, was written in the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Book
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
document class.
|
|
|
|
Document classes are another major part of the WYSIWYM philosophy; they
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
tell LyX how to typeset the document, so you do not need to know how.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Your document is probably being written in the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Article
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
document class.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
status collapsed
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
That is usually the default document class
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Try changing to other document classes (using the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
|
|
Settings
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
dialog) to see how they are typeset differently.
|
|
|
|
If you change your document to the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Book
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
document class and look at the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Environment
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
box, you will see that most of the allowed environments are the same.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
However, you can now use the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Chapter
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
environment.
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
If you are ever unsure about which environments you can use in a given
|
|
|
|
document class, just consult the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Environment
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
box.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Font sizes, one- or two-column printing, and page headings are just some
|
2010-10-17 21:25:30 +00:00
|
|
|
of the ways journals' typesettings differ from one another.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
As the Computer Age continues to mature, journals have begun accepting
|
|
|
|
electronic submissions, creating LaTeX
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
style files
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
so that authors can submit correctly typeset articles.
|
|
|
|
LyX is set up to support this as well.
|
|
|
|
For example, LyX supports typesetting (and extra environments) for the
|
|
|
|
American Mathematics Society journals using the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Article
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
(AMS)
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
document class.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Here is a very quick reference to some of the document classes.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
See the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Special Document Classes
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
section of the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2008-10-23 12:39:14 +00:00
|
|
|
Additional Features
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
manual for many more details.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
\align center
|
2006-01-02 01:51:18 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Tabular
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
|
2010-10-17 21:25:30 +00:00
|
|
|
<features tabularvalignment="middle">
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
|
|
|
|
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
|
|
|
|
<row>
|
|
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Name
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
</cell>
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Notes
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
</cell>
|
|
|
|
</row>
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
<row>
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
article
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
</cell>
|
|
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
one-sided, no chapters
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
</cell>
|
|
|
|
</row>
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
<row>
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
article (AMS)
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
</cell>
|
|
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
layout & environments for American Math Society
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
</cell>
|
|
|
|
</row>
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
<row>
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
report
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
</cell>
|
|
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
longer than article, two-sided
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
</cell>
|
|
|
|
</row>
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
<row>
|
|
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
book
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
</cell>
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
report + front and back matter
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
</cell>
|
|
|
|
</row>
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
<row>
|
|
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
presentation
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
</cell>
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
transparencies
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
</cell>
|
|
|
|
</row>
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
<row>
|
|
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
letter
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
</cell>
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
lots of extra environments for address, signature\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
</cell>
|
|
|
|
</row>
|
|
|
|
</lyxtabular>
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Templates: Writing a Letter
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-12-02 13:45:40 +00:00
|
|
|
One way to write a letter would be to open a new file, and choose a
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Letter
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
class in the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
|
|
Settings
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
dialog.
|
|
|
|
While this is the most obvious way to write a letter, it seems like extra
|
|
|
|
work.
|
|
|
|
Every time you write a business letter, you want to have your address,
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
the address to which you are sending it, a body, a signature, etc.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
LyX therefore has a
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
template
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
for letters, which contains a sample letter; once you have a template,
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
you can just replace a couple of parts of the letter with your text each
|
|
|
|
time you write a letter.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Open a new file with
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
New
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
from
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Template
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
Select
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
letter.lyx
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
as the template.
|
|
|
|
Save and print the file to see how the various environments are typeset.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
When you look at the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Environment
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
box, you will see several environments, like the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
My
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
Address
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
environment, which do not even exist in most other document classes.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Others, like
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Description
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
, are familiar.
|
|
|
|
You can play around for a while to figure out how the various environments
|
|
|
|
work.
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
You will notice for example that the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Signature
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
environment has the word
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature:
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in red before the actual text of the signature.
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
This word does not show up in the actual letter, as you will see if you
|
|
|
|
view/export the file.
|
|
|
|
It is just there to let you know where the signature goes.
|
|
|
|
Also, note that it does not matter where in the file the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Signature
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
line is placed.
|
|
|
|
Remember, LyX is WYSIWYM; you can put the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Signature
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
environment anywhere you want, but LyX knows that in the printout, the
|
|
|
|
signature should be at the end.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
A template is just a regular LyX file.
|
|
|
|
This means you can fill in your address and signature and save the file
|
|
|
|
as a new template.
|
|
|
|
From now on, any time you want to write a letter, you can use the new template
|
|
|
|
to save time.
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
We do not have to suggest an actual
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
exercise
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2006-01-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
here; just write a letter to someone!
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
status collapsed
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
One warning, if you are writing from a template.
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
If you erase all of the text in an environment — for example, if you erase
|
|
|
|
the whole
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
My
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Address
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
field so that you can replace it with your own — and then you move the
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
cursor without writing any text, the environment may disappear.
|
|
|
|
This is because most environments cannot exist without any text in them.
|
|
|
|
Just reselect the environment from the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Environment
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
box to get it back.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2006-01-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Templates can be a huge time-saver, and we urge you to use them whenever
|
|
|
|
possible.
|
|
|
|
In addition, they can help a person learn how to use some of the fancier
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
document classes.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Finally, they may be useful for a person who is configuring LyX for a bunch
|
|
|
|
of less computer-aware users.
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
When they are first learning LyX, it will be much less intimidating if
|
|
|
|
they have a letter template customized for their company, for example.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Document Titles
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
LyX (like LaTeX) considers the title — which may contain the actual title,
|
|
|
|
the author, the date, and even an abstract of a paper — to be a separate
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
part of the document.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
Go back to your LyX document and make sure it is using the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
Article
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
document class.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
status collapsed
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
You should not be using the letter any more, since the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Letter
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
document class does not allow titles.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Type a title on the first line, and change the line to the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Title
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
environment.
|
|
|
|
On the next line, type your name and change it to the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
Author
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
environment.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
On the next line, write the date in the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Date
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
environment.
|
|
|
|
Type a paragraph or two summarizing your document using the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Abstract
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
environment.
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
Notice how the title is presented when it is printed out.
|
|
|
|
If you change the document format to Book, you will get a separate title
|
2006-03-13 14:43:31 +00:00
|
|
|
page, like the first page of this tutorial.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\series bold
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Exercise
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\series default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
: Fix the title, date, and author in
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
example_raw.lyx
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Labels and Cross-References
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
You can label section headings, list items, formulas, footnotes, and floats
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Floats are explained in the
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
|
|
User's Guide
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
|
|
|
and the
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
|
|
Embedded Objects
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
|
|
|
manual.
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
in your document.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Once you do so, you can refer to this section in other parts of the document,
|
|
|
|
using cross-references.
|
|
|
|
You can refer either to the section's number, or to the page that the section
|
|
|
|
appears on.
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
As with section numbering, LyX also takes care about cross-reference numbering
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
for you.
|
2009-08-25 11:30:12 +00:00
|
|
|
Automatic labels and cross-references are among the most significant advantages
|
|
|
|
of LyX (and LaTeX) over conventional word processors.
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Your first label
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Go to our second section, whose title is
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
About This Document
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
Click at the end of the section title line, and select
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
|
|
Label
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
or the toolbar button
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Graphics
|
2007-11-23 00:35:28 +00:00
|
|
|
filename ../images/label-insert.png
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
scale 75
|
|
|
|
scaleBeforeRotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
A dialog asks you for a label name, and gives you a suggestion.
|
|
|
|
When you click on
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
OK
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
, the label name will be placed in a box next to the section title.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
So far you have not done anything — the DVI output will look exactly the
|
|
|
|
same, since labels do not show up in the printed document.
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
However, now that you have added a label, you can refer to that label with
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
cross-references.
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
We will do that next.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Your first cross-reference
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2009-08-25 11:30:12 +00:00
|
|
|
Place the cursor somewhere in section
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
2 of your document.
|
|
|
|
Type
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
If you want to know more about this document, then see
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2009-08-25 11:30:12 +00:00
|
|
|
section, which can be found on page.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2010-10-24 22:18:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Now — with the cursor after the word
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— choose
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Cross
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Reference
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
or the toolbar button
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Graphics
|
|
|
|
filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
|
|
|
|
scale 75
|
|
|
|
scaleBeforeRotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
.
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
The Cross-reference dialog pops up.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
It shows a list of the possible labels you can reference.
|
2010-10-24 22:18:36 +00:00
|
|
|
At the moment, there should be only one,
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sec:About-This-Document
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
First, select the drop-down menu labeled Format and select
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<reference> on page <page>
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
Then select
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sec:About-This-Document
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(it may be selected by default), and a reference marker will appear containing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ref+Text: sec:About-This-Document
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(To be really correct, you should put a
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Protected
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
Space
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2010-10-24 22:18:36 +00:00
|
|
|
in between the word
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and the reference).
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
Alternatively to that method, you can right-click on a label and use in
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
the appearing context menu
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
|
|
Copy as Reference
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
|
|
|
|
to the actual cursor position via the menu
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
|
|
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
|
|
Paste
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
(shortcut
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
|
|
Ctrl+V
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
).
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
In the printed document, this reference marker will be replaced with the
|
|
|
|
section number and then the page number.
|
|
|
|
View your document as DVI, and you will see that LaTeX has been even cleverer
|
|
|
|
than that.
|
2010-10-24 22:18:36 +00:00
|
|
|
It refers to
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 2
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and depending how much text you have between the start of Section 2 and
|
|
|
|
this cross-reference you may see
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
on this page
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
on the previous page
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
on page n
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(whereas
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
|
|
n
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
|
|
|
is the page number).
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Conveniently, a cross-reference acts as a hyperlink when you are editing
|
2007-06-04 20:11:44 +00:00
|
|
|
a document in LyX; clicking on it will pop up the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
Cross-reference
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
dialog, clicking
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Go
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
to
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2006-01-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
Label
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
will move the cursor to the referenced label.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
More fun with labels
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
We told you that LyX takes care about numbering cross-references; now you
|
|
|
|
can test that.
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Add a new section before Section
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
2.
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
Update the DVI view, and — voilà! — the section cross reference changed
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
to
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
! Change the section
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
About this Document
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
to a subsection, and the cross-reference will reference Subsection
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.1 instead of Section
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
3.
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
The page reference will not change unless you add a whole page of text
|
|
|
|
before the label, of course.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
If you want some more practice with labels, then try putting a new label
|
|
|
|
where your first cross-reference was, and refer to that label from elsewhere
|
|
|
|
in the document.
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
If you will be inserting cross-references often, it may be convenient to
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
leave the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Cross-reference
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2006-01-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
dialog open.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
If you want to make sure that the cross-referencing gets the pages right
|
|
|
|
even for larger documents,
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Copy
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
a couple pages of text from the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
User's Guide
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
to the clipboard, and
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Paste
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
the stolen text into your document.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
status collapsed
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
By the way, copying a chapter title may cause an error, because chapters
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
are not allowed in the article class, see section
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
reference "sec:Document-Classes"
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
If this happens, just delete the chapter title.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\series bold
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Exercise
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\series default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
: Fix the references in
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
example_raw.lyx
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Footnotes and Margin Notes
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
Footnotes can be added using the toolbar button
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Graphics
|
|
|
|
filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
scale 75
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
scaleBeforeRotation
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
or the menu
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
|
|
Footnote
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Click at the end of the word
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LyX
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
somewhere in your document and click the
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Graphics
|
|
|
|
filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
scale 75
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
scaleBeforeRotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
button.
|
|
|
|
A footnote box appears where you can enter the text of the footnote.
|
|
|
|
LyX should place the cursor at the beginning of the footnote box.
|
|
|
|
Type
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
LyX is a typesetting word processor.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
Now click on the button labeled
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
foot
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
The footnote box is closed, leaving the button showing where the footnote
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
marker will be in the printed text; this is called
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
folding
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
the footnote.
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
You can unfold the footnote at any time and re-edit its text by clicking
|
|
|
|
again on the
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
foot
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
button.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
A footnote can be cut and pasted like normal text.
|
|
|
|
Go ahead; try it! All you need to do is select the footnote button
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
status collapsed
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
It may be easier to select it using the keyboard.
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
You might accidentally open the footnote if you are trying to select the
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
marker itself with the mouse.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Cut
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
and
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Paste
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
it.
|
|
|
|
In addition, you can change regular text to a footnote, by selecting it
|
|
|
|
and hitting the
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Graphics
|
|
|
|
filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
scale 75
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
scaleBeforeRotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2006-09-25 15:06:04 +00:00
|
|
|
button; change a footnote to regular text by hitting the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2006-09-25 15:06:04 +00:00
|
|
|
Backspace
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
key when the cursor is in the first position of a footnote, or by hitting
|
|
|
|
the
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
|
|
Delete
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2006-09-25 15:06:04 +00:00
|
|
|
key when the cursor is in the very last position of the footnote, respectively.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
Margin notes can be added using the menu
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Marginal
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Note
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
or the toolbar button
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Graphics
|
|
|
|
filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
scale 75
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
scaleBeforeRotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\SpecialChar \@.
|
|
|
|
Margin notes are like footnotes, except that:
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
the on-screen boxes say
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
margin
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
instead of
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
foot
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
the notes will be placed in the margin, instead of below the text
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
margin notes are not numbered
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Change your LyX footnote back to text, then select and change it to a margin
|
|
|
|
note.
|
|
|
|
Run LaTeX again to see what the margin note looks like.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\series bold
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Exercise
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\series default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
: Fix the footnote in
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
example_raw.lyx
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Bibliographies
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
name "sec:bibliographies"
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Bibliographies (at least in the exact sciences) are similar to cross references.
|
|
|
|
The bibliography contains a list of references at the end of the document,
|
|
|
|
and they can be referenced from within the document.
|
|
|
|
Like section titles, LyX and LaTeX make your job easier by automatically
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
numbering the bibliography items and changing citations when the item numbers
|
|
|
|
change.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Go to the end of the document and switch to the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Bibliography
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
environment.
|
|
|
|
Now, each paragraph you type will be a reference.
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
Type
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
The Lyx Tutorial, by the LyX Documentation Team
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
as your first reference.
|
|
|
|
Note that LyX automatically puts a number in a box before each reference.
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Click on the boxed reference number, and the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Bibliography
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
item
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
dialog box appears.
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
The
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Key
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
is to refer to this reference within the LyX document, the
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
|
|
Label
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
appears in output.
|
|
|
|
When no
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
|
|
Label
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
is set (default), you will see the number of the bibliography in the output.
|
|
|
|
Change now the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Key
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
field to
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
lyxtutorial
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
to make it easy to remember.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Now pick somewhere in your document that you would like to insert a reference.
|
|
|
|
Do so with
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
|
|
Citation
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
or the toolbar button
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Graphics
|
|
|
|
filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
|
|
|
|
scale 75
|
|
|
|
scaleBeforeRotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2006-01-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
A
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Citation
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
dialog appears.
|
|
|
|
The right panel in this dialog lists all the bibliography entries, and
|
|
|
|
this field allows you to choose which bibliography item you want to cite.
|
|
|
|
Select
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
lyxtutorial
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
(right now, that is the only item in the bibliography), then use the
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
|
|
Add
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
button in the center to insert it.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
(You can have multiple citations in the same place by transferring a number
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
of keys this way.) Now view your file as DVI, and you will see that the
|
|
|
|
citation appears in brackets in the text, referring to the bibliography
|
|
|
|
at the end of the document.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
The
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Text
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2006-01-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
after
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
field in the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Citation
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
dialog will put a remark (such as a reference to a page or chapter within
|
|
|
|
the referenced book or article) in the brackets after the reference.
|
|
|
|
If you want the references to have labels instead of numbers in the printed
|
|
|
|
output (for example, some journals would use
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Smi95]
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
to refer to a paper written by Smith in 1995), use the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Label
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
field in the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Bibliography
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
item
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
dialog.
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
As usual, see the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
User's Guide
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
for details.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\series bold
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
Exercise:
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\series default
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
Fix the bibliography and citation in
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
example_raw.lyx
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Table of Contents
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
You may want to put a table of contents at the beginning of your document.
|
|
|
|
LyX makes this very easy to do.
|
|
|
|
Just hit
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Return
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
after your document title and before your first section title and choose
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
List
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Table
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Contents
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
The words
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Table of Contents
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
will appear in a button on the first line of the document.
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
This may not appear to be very useful.
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
However, if you look at your DVI file, you will see that a table of contents
|
|
|
|
has been generated, listing the various sections and subsections in your
|
|
|
|
document.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
As usual, if you reorder sections or create new ones, you will see those
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
changes in the DVI file when you update it.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
The table of contents is not printed in the on-screen version of the document.
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
But you can display the table of contents in a separate window by clicking
|
|
|
|
on the table of contents button, or by using
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
|
|
Outline
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-12-02 13:45:40 +00:00
|
|
|
or the toolbar button
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Graphics
|
|
|
|
filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
|
|
|
|
scale 75
|
|
|
|
scaleBeforeRotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
.
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
This menu will work even if you do not have a table of contents inset in
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
your document.
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
This is a very useful tool for moving around your document parts.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Clicking on a (sub)section title in the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Outline
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
window will highlight that line and move the display (in the LyX editing
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
window) to that place in the document.
|
|
|
|
You can also use the arrow keys to move up and down in the table of contents.
|
|
|
|
You may therefore find it convenient to leave this window open throughout
|
|
|
|
editing sessions.
|
|
|
|
You can get similar functionality from the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Navigate
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
menu, though, where the table of contents appears automatically.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
To get rid of the Table of Contents, you can delete the table of contents
|
|
|
|
button just like any other text.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\series bold
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Exercise
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\series default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
: Fix the table of contents in
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
example_raw.lyx
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Chapter
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Using Math
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
LaTeX is used by many scientists because it outputs great looking equations,
|
|
|
|
avoiding the control characters used by word processors and their equation
|
|
|
|
editors.
|
|
|
|
Many of these scientists are frustrated, however, because writing equations
|
|
|
|
in LaTeX is more like programming than writing.
|
|
|
|
Happily, LyX has WYSIWYM support for equations.
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
If you are used to LaTeX, you will find that all of the usual LaTeX math
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
commands can be typed in normally, but they will show up in a WYSIWYM fashion.
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
If, on the other hand, you have never written in LaTeX, then the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Math
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Panel
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
will allow you to write professional-looking math quickly and easily.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Math Mode
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Somewhere in your LyX document, type:
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
I like what Einstein said, E=mc^2, because it is so simple.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
Now, that equation does not look very good in LyX and in the output; there
|
|
|
|
is no space between the letters and the equals sign, and you would like
|
|
|
|
to write an actual superscript for the
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
That bad typesetting happened because we did not tell LyX that we were
|
|
|
|
writing a mathematical expression, so it typeset the equation like regular
|
|
|
|
old text.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Instead, we create a formula that will get typeset properly.
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
In order to create a formula, just click the toolbar button
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Graphics
|
|
|
|
filename ../images/math-mode.png
|
|
|
|
scale 75
|
|
|
|
scaleBeforeRotation
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
or use the menu
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
|
|
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
|
|
Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Inline
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
Formula
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
LyX will insert a little blue square, which is an empty math formula.
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
Now just type
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
E=mc^2
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
again.
|
|
|
|
The expression is typed in blue, and the blue square disappears as soon
|
|
|
|
as the formula is not empty.
|
|
|
|
Now type
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Esc
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
to leave the equation The purple markers disappear, leaving the cursor
|
|
|
|
to the right of the expression, and now if you type something, it will
|
|
|
|
be regular text.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
Looking at the output you will notice that the expression was typeset nicely,
|
|
|
|
with spaces between the letters and the equals sign, and a superscript
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
Letters in math mode are assumed to be variables, and come out in italics.
|
|
|
|
Numbers are just numbers.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
This math editor is another example of the WYSIWYM philosophy.
|
|
|
|
In LaTeX, you write a mathematical expression using text and commands like
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\backslash
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
sqrt
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
; this can be frustrating, because you cannot see what an expression looks
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
like until you run the file under LaTeX and you may have to spend time
|
|
|
|
finding e.
|
2008-10-28 23:39:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
g.
|
2008-10-25 21:52:23 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
missing brackets.
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
LyX does not attempt to get the expression to look perfect (WYSIWYG), but
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
it gives you an extremely good idea of what the expression will look like.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
LaTeX then takes care of the professional typesetting.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Navigating an Equation
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
Now let us change
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
to
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $E=1+mc^{2}$
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
Use the arrow keys to move the cursor into the expression.
|
|
|
|
Note that when you enter the expression, the purple markers appear to let
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
you know you are editing math.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Now you can use
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Left
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
and
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Right
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
to move the cursor past the equals sign, and just type
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1+
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
Again, you can use the arrow keys or
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Esc
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
to leave the formula\SpecialChar \@.
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Other than the special keys described below, typing in math mode is like
|
|
|
|
editing regular text.
|
|
|
|
Use
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Delete
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
(or
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Backspace
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
) to delete things.
|
|
|
|
Select text either with the arrow keys or with the mouse.
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
|
|
Undo
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
works in math mode as well as cut and paste.
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
One thing to be careful of: if you are left or right outside a formula
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
and you press
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Delete
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
or
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Backspace
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
respectively, you delete the whole formula.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Luckily, you can just use
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Undo
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
to get it back.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
What if you want to change
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
to
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2.5}+1$
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
? Again, you can use the mouse to click in the right place.
|
|
|
|
However, you can also use the arrow keys.
|
|
|
|
If the cursor is just after the
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
c
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
but before the
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
, then press
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Up
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
and the cursor is moved to the level of the superscript, just before the
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
Add the
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.5
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
Now, hitting
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Down
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
will move the cursor back to the regular level.
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
If you hit
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
|
|
Space
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
instead of
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Down
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
, the cursor will be placed
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
after
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
the superscript (so that you can then type the
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+1
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
).
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Exponents and Indices
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
An exponent can be entered from the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Math
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
Toolbar
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
(see below), but it is actually simpler just to type the caret key,
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
^
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
LyX will place another blue rectangle in the superscript, so that whatever
|
|
|
|
you write next will be superscripted, and in a smaller font size.
|
|
|
|
Everything you type until you hit a
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Space
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
(or
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Esc
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
to exit the formula entirely) will be in the superscript.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
Writing a subscript (index) is just easy; start one by typing the underscore
|
|
|
|
key
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
_
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
You can subscript and superscript both subscripts and superscripts like
|
|
|
|
this:
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $A_{a_{0}+b^{2}}+C^{a_{0}+b^{2}}$
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\series bold
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Exercise
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\series default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
: Put equation 1 of
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
example_raw.lyx
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
into math mode.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
The Math toolbar
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
The
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Math
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
toolbar
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
is a convenient way to enter symbols or to perform complicated formula
|
|
|
|
operations.
|
|
|
|
Many of these operations can be accomplished from the keyboard or the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
|
|
Math
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
or
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
|
|
Math
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
menus.
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
However, we are going to concentrate on using the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Math
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
toolbar
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
, just to let you know what is out there; you can learn keyboard shortcuts
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
and commands later from the
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
|
|
Math
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
|
|
|
manual.
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
The
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
Math
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
toolbar
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
is shown when the cursor is in a formula and can also be turned on manually
|
|
|
|
in the menu
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
|
|
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
|
|
Toolbars
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
When you click there on
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
Math
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
the toolbar will be shown permanently at the bottom; this state is visualized
|
|
|
|
in the
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
|
|
Toolbars
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
menu with a checkmark.
|
|
|
|
When you click in this state again on
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
Math
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
Toolbars
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
menu, the
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
|
|
math toolbar
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
is only shown when the cursor is within a formula; this state is visualized
|
|
|
|
by the renaming of the menu entry from
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Math
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
to
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Math
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
(auto)
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Greek and symbols
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
The
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Math
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
toolbar
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
allows you to choose from a large array of symbols used in math: operators,
|
|
|
|
arrows, relationships, delimiters, special characters, sums and integrals.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Note that subscripting and superscripting allow you to put lower and upper
|
|
|
|
limits on sums and integrals.
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Square roots, accents, and delimiters
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
To type a square root, just click on the button
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Graphics
|
|
|
|
filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
|
|
|
|
scale 75
|
|
|
|
scaleBeforeRotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
The square root appears, and the cursor is in a new insertion point inside
|
|
|
|
the square root.
|
|
|
|
You can type variables, numbers, other square roots, fractions, whatever
|
|
|
|
you want.
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
LyX will automatically resize the square root to fit what is inside.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Accenting a character (
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{v}$
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
) or group of characters (
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{a+b}$
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
) is done the same way.
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
Decorations are available from the toolbar via the button
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Graphics
|
|
|
|
filename ../images/math/hat.png
|
|
|
|
scale 75
|
|
|
|
scaleBeforeRotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Click on a decoration, and LyX will insert that decoration with an insertion
|
|
|
|
point under (or over) it.
|
|
|
|
Just type what you want in the insertion point.
|
|
|
|
There are two sets of decorations: those that resize with the text you
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
type, and those that have a fixed size, and are most appropriate for a
|
|
|
|
single letter.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Delimiters such as parentheses, brackets, and braces work similarly, but
|
|
|
|
are a bit more complicated.
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
Hit the delimiter button
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Graphics
|
|
|
|
filename ../images/dialog-show_mathdelimiter.png
|
|
|
|
scale 75
|
|
|
|
scaleBeforeRotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
to pop up the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Delimiter
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
dialog.
|
|
|
|
Your current selection of delimiters is displayed in a box.
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
It is a pair of parentheses by default, but you can choose a pair of braces,
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
a brace and a parenthesis, or choose the empty square to have something
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
like
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $a=\left\langle 7\right.$
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
(the empty delimiter is displayed as a broken line in LyX, but will not
|
|
|
|
show up in the output).
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
If you are lazy, you can type actual parentheses in math mode, rather than
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
using the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Delimiter
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
dialog.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
However, those parentheses will be the same size as regular text, which
|
|
|
|
will look bad if you have a big fraction or matrix inside the parentheses.
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
So it is better in this case to use one of the three delimiter buttons
|
|
|
|
that insert directly e.
|
2008-10-28 23:39:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
g.
|
2008-10-25 21:52:23 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a (
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
) pair.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
You can also put delimiters or a square root sign or a decoration on already
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
existing formula parts.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Select the portion of the formula that you want to adjust, and then click
|
|
|
|
on the button you want from the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Math
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
Toolbar
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
Try using this to change Newton's second law from scalar to vector form
|
|
|
|
(
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $f=ma$
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
to
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{f}=m\overrightarrow{a}$
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
).
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
Once you have learned about matrices, this is how you will put parentheses
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
or brackets around them.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Fractions
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
To create a fraction, click on the fraction button
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Graphics
|
|
|
|
filename ../images/math/frac.png
|
|
|
|
lyxscale 75
|
|
|
|
scale 60
|
|
|
|
scaleBeforeRotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Math
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
Toolbar
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
LyX writes two insertion points in a fraction.
|
|
|
|
As you would expect, you can use arrow keys or the mouse to move around
|
|
|
|
a fraction.
|
|
|
|
Click on the top square and type
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
Now hit
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Down
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
and type
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
You have made a fraction! Of course you can type anything within each of
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
the two boxes: variables with exponents, square roots, other fractions,
|
|
|
|
whatever.
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\series bold
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Exercise
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\series default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
: Put equation 2 of
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
example_raw.lyx
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
into math mode.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
Functions: lim, log, sin and others
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Because letters in math mode are considered to be variables, if you type
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sin
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
in math mode, LyX thinks you are typing the product of the three variables
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $s$
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $i$
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
, and
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $n$
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
The three letters will be typeset in italics, when what you really wanted
|
|
|
|
was the word
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sin
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
typeset in Roman.
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
In addition, LyX will not put a space between the word
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sin
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and the
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
x
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
(pressing
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Space
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
will exit the formula).
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
So how do you get
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $\sin(x)$
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
instead of
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $sin(x)$
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
?
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
Click on the
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Math
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
Toolbar
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
button
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Graphics
|
|
|
|
filename ../images/math/functions.png
|
|
|
|
scale 75
|
|
|
|
scaleBeforeRotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and then on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sin
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
in the appearing function list.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
The word
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sin
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
is displayed in LyX in black, and set in upright roman type.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
The whole word is treated as one symbol, so if you type
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Backspace
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
, it will delete the whole word.
|
|
|
|
Now type
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
(x)
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
, which will be written in blue italics, like you expect in a formula.
|
|
|
|
In the output, the expression will be correctly typeset.
|
|
|
|
Try it out.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
The function list includes other trigonometric functions and their inverses,
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
hyperbolic functions, logarithms, limits, and quite a few others.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
These functions can take subscripts and superscripts, important for typing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $\cos^{2}\theta$
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{n\rightarrow\infty}$
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\series bold
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Exercise
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\series default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
: Put equation 3 of
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
example_raw.lyx
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
into math mode.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Matrices
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
Click on the matrix button
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Graphics
|
|
|
|
filename ../images/dialog-show_mathmatrix.png
|
|
|
|
scale 75
|
|
|
|
scaleBeforeRotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Math
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
Toolbar
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
.
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
The appearing dialog allows you to choose how many rows and columns you
|
|
|
|
want in your matrix.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Choose 2 rows and 3 columns and hit
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
OK
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
LyX prints 6 insertion points in a
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $2\times3$
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
matrix.
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
As usual, you can put any sort of formula expression (a square root, another
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
matrix, etc.) in each insertion point.
|
|
|
|
You can also leave some of the insertion points empty if you want.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Tab
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
can be used to move horizontally between the columns of a matrix.
|
|
|
|
Alternatively, you can use the arrow keys to move around - hitting
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Right
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
at the end of one box will move to the next box,
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Down
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
will move to the next row, etc.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
If you need to change the number of rows and columns, use the menu
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Rows
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
&
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
Columns
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-12-18 21:35:23 +00:00
|
|
|
or the math toolbar buttons
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Graphics
|
|
|
|
filename ../images/tabular-feature_append-row.png
|
|
|
|
scale 75
|
|
|
|
scaleBeforeRotation
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
,
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Graphics
|
|
|
|
filename ../images/tabular-feature_delete-row.png
|
|
|
|
scale 75
|
|
|
|
scaleBeforeRotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Graphics
|
|
|
|
filename ../images/tabular-feature_append-column.png
|
|
|
|
scale 75
|
|
|
|
scaleBeforeRotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Graphics
|
|
|
|
filename ../images/tabular-feature_delete-column.png
|
|
|
|
scale 75
|
|
|
|
scaleBeforeRotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
See the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
User's Guide
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
for information on how to change the horizontal alignment of each column,
|
|
|
|
and how to change the vertical position of the whole matrix.
|
|
|
|
Note that if you want to write a table containing text, you should use
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
LyX's wonderful table support, rather than trying to write text in a matrix.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Display mode
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
All of the expressions we have written so far have been on the same line
|
|
|
|
as the text that came before and after them, otherwise known as inline
|
|
|
|
expressions.
|
|
|
|
This is fine for short, simple expressions, but if you want to write larger
|
|
|
|
ones, or if you want your expressions to stand out from the text, you need
|
|
|
|
to write them in display mode.
|
|
|
|
In addition, only displayed expressions can be labeled and numbered (see
|
|
|
|
the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
User's Guide
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
), and multi-line equations must be in display mode.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
While being in a formula, click on the display button
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Graphics
|
|
|
|
filename ../images/math-display.png
|
|
|
|
scale 75
|
|
|
|
scaleBeforeRotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Math
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
Toolbar
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
This centers the formula and adds a blank line before and after it.
|
|
|
|
Now type in an expression and compile your file to see how it looks.
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
The display button is actually a toggle; use it now to change a couple
|
|
|
|
of your expressions to display mode and back.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Display mode has a couple differences from inline mode:
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
The default font is larger for a few symbols, like
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $\sum$
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $\int$
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Subscripts and superscripts for limits and sums (but not integrals) are
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
written under and over rather than next to the symbols
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Text is centered
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Other than these differences, though, displayed expressions and inline expressio
|
|
|
|
ns are very similar.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
One final note about the way displayed formulas are typeset: Be careful
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
about whether you are putting your equation into a new paragraph or not.
|
|
|
|
If your formula is in the middle of a sentence or paragraph, then do not
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
press
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Return
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
Doing so will cause the text
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
after
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
the formula to start a new paragraph.
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
That text will be indented or follow a blank line, depending on your document
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
paragraph settings, which is probably not what you want.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\series bold
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Exercise
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\series default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
: Put the various equations in
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
example_raw.lyx
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
into display mode, and see how they are typeset differently.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\series bold
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Exercise
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\series default
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
: Using various tools you have learned in this section, you should be able
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
to write an equation like:
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
status collapsed
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
After you have done it the hard way, give
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
|
|
Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Cases
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
Environment
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-12-14 01:25:29 +00:00
|
|
|
a try.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-06-13 14:56:37 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula
|
|
|
|
\[
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
f(x)=\left\{ \begin{array}{cc}
|
|
|
|
\log_{8}x & x>0\\
|
|
|
|
0 & x=0\\
|
2010-10-17 21:25:30 +00:00
|
|
|
\sum_{i=1}^{5}\alpha_{i}+\sqrt{-\frac{1}{x}} & x<0
|
2011-06-13 14:56:37 +00:00
|
|
|
\end{array}\right.
|
|
|
|
\]
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
More Math Stuff
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
LyX's math editor can do a lot more.
|
|
|
|
Now you are familiar with the basics, you can refer to the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
User's Guide
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
for tips on how to:
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
Label and number expressions
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
Create multi-line equations
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2008-10-28 23:39:29 +00:00
|
|
|
Change typefaces, e.
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
g.
|
2008-10-25 21:52:23 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
to write bold-face text in an expression.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Fine-tune font sizes and spacing within an expression.
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
(Do not worry about this until your final draft!)
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Write macros.
|
|
|
|
These are very powerful, because you just define them once at the top of
|
|
|
|
the document, and then you can use them throughout the document.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
Do lots of other things that we have no space for in this Tutorial.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Chapter
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Miscellaneous
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Other major LyX Features
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
We have not gone through all the possible commands in LyX, and we are not
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
planning on it.
|
|
|
|
As usual, see the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
User's Guide
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
and the
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Embedded
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Objects
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
|
|
|
manual for more information.
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
We will just mention a couple more major things LyX can do:
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
LyX has WYSIWYM support for tables.
|
|
|
|
Use the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
|
|
Table
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
(toolbar button
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Graphics
|
|
|
|
filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
|
|
|
|
scale 75
|
|
|
|
scaleBeforeRotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
) to get a table.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Click on the table with the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
right button
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
to get a
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Table
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Settings
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
dialog box which allows extensive table editing.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
LyX also supports including pictures in any format within documents.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
(You guessed it:
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
|
|
Graphics
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
(toolbar button
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Graphics
|
|
|
|
filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
|
|
|
|
scale 75
|
|
|
|
scaleBeforeRotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
).
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
Then browse for the figure file, rotate or scale it, etc.) Tables and figures
|
|
|
|
can have captions, and LyX will automatically generate lists of figures
|
|
|
|
and/or tables.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
LyX is heavily configurable.
|
|
|
|
Everything from how the LyX window looks to how the output comes out can
|
|
|
|
be configured in a number of ways.
|
|
|
|
Much configuration is done through
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
|
|
Preferences
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
For more information on this, check out
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
|
|
Customization\SpecialChar \@.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
LyX is being developed by a team of programmers on five continents.
|
|
|
|
Therefore, LyX has better support for non-English languages (such as Dutch,
|
|
|
|
German, French, Greek, Czech, Turkish, \SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
|
|
|
) than many word processors.
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Even the right-to-left languages Arabic, Farsi, and Hebrew and the Asian
|
|
|
|
languages Chinese Japanese, and Korean are supported.
|
|
|
|
You can write documents in other languages and you can also configure LyX
|
|
|
|
to show its menus and error messages in other languages.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
The LyX menus feature keybindings.
|
|
|
|
This means that you can do
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
|
|
Open
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
by pressing
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
Alt+F
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
followed by
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
O
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
or by using the binding which is shown next to it in the menu (Ctrl+O by
|
|
|
|
default).
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Keybindings are also configurable.
|
|
|
|
For information on this, check out
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
|
|
Customization\SpecialChar \@.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
LyX can read LaTeX documents.
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
See section
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
reference "sec:tex2lyx"
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
Spell-checking, thesaurus, and word count facilities are available.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Generation of indexes and nomenclatures/glossaries is supported.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
LyX for LaTeX Users
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
name "sec:latexusers"
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
If you do not know anything about LaTeX, you do not have to read this section.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Actually, you might want to
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
learn
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
about LaTeX, and then read this chapter.
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
However, some who begin to use LyX will be familiar with LaTeX.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
If you are such a person, you may be wondering if LyX can really do everything
|
|
|
|
LaTeX can do.
|
|
|
|
The short answer is that LyX can do pretty much everything LaTeX can do
|
|
|
|
in one form or another, and it definitely simplifies most parts of writing
|
|
|
|
a LaTeX document.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Because this is just a tutorial, we are only going to mention things that
|
|
|
|
new LyX users will most likely be interested in.
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
In the interests of keeping the Tutorial short, we will give only minimal
|
|
|
|
information here.
|
2009-02-02 23:45:40 +00:00
|
|
|
The
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2010-01-13 00:26:03 +00:00
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Features
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
and the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2010-01-13 00:26:03 +00:00
|
|
|
Embedded
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Objects
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
manual have a great deal of information on differences between LyX and
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
LaTeX, and how to do various LaTeX tricks in LyX.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
TeX Mode
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Anything that you enter in TeX mode will be passed straight to LaTeX, and
|
|
|
|
will be displayed in red on the screen.
|
|
|
|
You can use TeX commands in LyX by choosing
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
TeX
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2006-01-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
Code
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
(toolbar button
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Graphics
|
|
|
|
filename ../images/ert-insert.png
|
|
|
|
scale 75
|
|
|
|
scaleBeforeRotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
).
|
|
|
|
This creates a box where everything within it is passed straight to LaTeX.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
In a math formula, TeX mode is handled a bit differently.
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
TeX mode is there entered by typing a backslash.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
The backslash is not written out, but anything you type afterwards will
|
|
|
|
be in red.
|
|
|
|
You exit TeX mode by typing
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Space
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
or some other non-alphabetic character, like a number, underscore, caret,
|
|
|
|
or parenthesis.
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
Once you exit TeX mode, if LyX knows the TeX command you have typed in,
|
|
|
|
it will convert it to WYSIWYM\SpecialChar \@.
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
So if you type
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\backslash
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
gamma
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in a formula and then press
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Space
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
, LyX will change the red
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
gamma
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
to a blue
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $\gamma$
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
This will work for almost all, non-complicated math macros.
|
|
|
|
This may be faster than using the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Math
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
Toolbar
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
, and will be especially convenient for experienced LaTeX users.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
As a special case, if you type
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in a formula, the beginning
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
and
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
ending braces will be inserted in red while the cursor is placed between
|
|
|
|
the braces.
|
|
|
|
This makes it more convenient to type those commands which take an argument.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
LyX cannot do absolutely everything that LaTeX can do.
|
|
|
|
Some fancy functions are not supported at all, while some work but are
|
|
|
|
not WYSIWYM.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
TeX mode allows users to get the full flexibility of LaTeX, while having
|
|
|
|
all the convenient features of LyX, like WYSIWYM math, tables, and editing.
|
|
|
|
LyX could never support every LaTeX package.
|
|
|
|
However, by typing
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\backslash
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
usepackage{foo}
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
in the preamble (see section
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
reference "sec:preamble"
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-13 00:26:03 +00:00
|
|
|
), you can use any package you want — although you will not have WYSIWYM
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
support for that package's features.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
2010-01-13 00:50:19 +00:00
|
|
|
Importing LaTeX Documents —
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2006-01-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
tex2lyx
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
name "sec:tex2lyx"
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
You can import a LaTeX file into LyX by using the
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
|
|
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
|
|
Import\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
LaTeX
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
(plain)
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
menu in LyX.
|
|
|
|
This will call the program
|
2010-01-13 00:50:19 +00:00
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2006-01-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
tex2lyx
|
2010-01-13 00:50:19 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
which will create a file foo.lyx from the file foo.tex.
|
|
|
|
LyX will then open that file.
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
If the translation does not work, you can try calling
|
2010-01-13 00:50:19 +00:00
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2006-01-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
tex2lyx
|
2010-01-13 00:50:19 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2006-01-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
from the command line, possibly using fancier options.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2010-01-12 23:11:54 +00:00
|
|
|
Even when the translation does work,
|
2010-01-13 00:50:19 +00:00
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2006-01-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
tex2lyx
|
2010-01-13 00:50:19 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
may not translate everything, though it does handle most legal LaTeX.
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
It will leave things it does not understand in TeX mode; so, after translating
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
a file with
|
2010-01-13 00:50:19 +00:00
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2006-01-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
tex2lyx
|
2010-01-13 00:50:19 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
, you can look for the red text and manually edit it to get it right.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-13 00:50:19 +00:00
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2006-01-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
tex2lyx
|
2010-01-13 00:50:19 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
has its own documentation (manpage), which Unix/Linux users can access
|
|
|
|
via the console command
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
man
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2010-01-12 23:11:54 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2010-01-13 00:50:19 +00:00
|
|
|
tex2lyx
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2010-01-12 23:11:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.
|
2010-01-13 00:50:19 +00:00
|
|
|
The manpage describes which LaTeX commands and environments are not supported,
|
|
|
|
what bugs you might run into (and how to get around them), and how to use
|
|
|
|
the various options.
|
2010-01-12 23:11:54 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2010-01-13 00:50:19 +00:00
|
|
|
It is important to understand that
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2010-01-12 23:11:54 +00:00
|
|
|
tex2lyx
|
2010-01-13 00:50:19 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2010-01-12 23:11:54 +00:00
|
|
|
can only translate files whose document class is
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
known
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2010-01-13 00:50:19 +00:00
|
|
|
to LyX, that is, for which there is a corresponding LyX
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
|
|
layout file
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
.
|
2010-01-12 23:11:54 +00:00
|
|
|
If there is no layout file, then you will get an error saying that the
|
|
|
|
conversion could not be performed.
|
2010-01-13 00:50:19 +00:00
|
|
|
So, unless you have a layout for the document class of your LaTeX file,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2010-01-12 23:11:54 +00:00
|
|
|
tex2lyx
|
2010-01-13 00:50:19 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2010-01-16 20:41:48 +00:00
|
|
|
simply will not know how to translate the LaTeX that it finds there into
|
2010-01-12 23:11:54 +00:00
|
|
|
things LyX understands.
|
2010-01-13 00:50:19 +00:00
|
|
|
More about layout files and how they are created is explained in detail
|
|
|
|
in Chapter 5 of the
|
2010-01-12 23:11:54 +00:00
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
|
|
Customization
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
|
|
|
manual.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Converting LyX Documents to LaTeX
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
You might wish to convert a LyX Document to a LaTeX file.
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
For example, a co-worker or co-author who does not have LyX might want
|
|
|
|
to read it.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Select
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
|
|
Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
|
|
LaTeX
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
This will create a file
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
whatever.tex
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
from the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
whatever.lyx
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
file you are editing.
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
LyX always creates temporary LaTeX files when viewing or printing files.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
LaTeX Preamble
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Document Class
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
The
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
|
|
Settings
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
dialog takes care of the document-wide options.
|
|
|
|
You can change there the document class, default font size and paper size.
|
|
|
|
Document class options but also options for LaTeX packages can be entered
|
|
|
|
there in the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
Class
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
options
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
area.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Other Preamble Matter
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
name "sec:preamble"
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
If you have special commands to put in the preamble of a LaTeX file, you
|
|
|
|
can use them in a LyX document as well.
|
|
|
|
Select
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
|
|
Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
LaTeX
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Preamble
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
and type in the dialog window (or from the document settings dialog, depending
|
|
|
|
on the frontend).
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
Anything you type will (as with TeX mode) be sent directly to LaTeX.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
BibTeX
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
LyX has support for BibTeX, which allows you to build databases of bibliographic
|
|
|
|
al references to be used in multiple documents.
|
|
|
|
Select
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
List
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
|
|
BibTeX
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Bibliography
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
to include a
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
BibTeX
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
file.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
In the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Database
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
field you load BibTeX files, in the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
Style
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
field you can load BibTeX style files.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
After you have done this, you can use citations from any bibliographies
|
2009-08-25 02:36:31 +00:00
|
|
|
you are including with
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
|
|
|
Citation
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
(see section
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
2007-04-18 20:59:43 +00:00
|
|
|
reference "sec:bibliographies"
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
).
|
|
|
|
LyX will take care of running BibTeX.
|
|
|
|
The box in the
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Citation
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
dialog will show a list of all the references in your
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2007-11-22 23:50:50 +00:00
|
|
|
BibTeX
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
file.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Errors!
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2009-10-21 03:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
Sometimes when you try to view a document, there will be errors, things
|
|
|
|
that LyX or LaTeX cannot understand.
|
2006-01-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
When this happens, LyX will open a
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
LaTeX
|
2008-06-04 22:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
2006-01-16 10:40:30 +00:00
|
|
|
Errors
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
dialog.
|
|
|
|
Clicking on individual errors in this dialog will take you to the place
|
|
|
|
in the LyX document where the error occurs and also display the detailed
|
|
|
|
LaTeX error message.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_body
|
|
|
|
\end_document
|